blob: 6d2186325a6125203108d61ac55ec41074622eec [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000136 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson9bd48662009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000797 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
799 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
800 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
801 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
802 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
803 unsigned combinedQualifiers
804 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
805 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
806 }
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000807 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
808 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000809 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000810 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
811 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000812 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
813 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814 }
815
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000816 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000817}
818
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000819/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
820/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
821/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
822/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
823/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
824/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
825/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
826/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
827/// forms.
828///
829/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
830/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
831/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
832/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000833///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
835/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
836/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
837/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000838Sema::OwningExprResult
839Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
840 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000841 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000842 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000844 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
845 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000846
847 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
848 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
849 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
850 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000851 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000852 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000853 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
854 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson4e8d5692009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000855 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
856 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000857 }
858
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000859 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
860 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000861
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000862 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
863 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
864 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
865 : SourceRange());
866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000867 }
868
869 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000870
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
872 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
874 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000875 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
876 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
878 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
879 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000880 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000881 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000882 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000884 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000885 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
886 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000887
888 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
889 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
890 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
891 return ExprError();
892
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000893 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
894 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
895 // an error.
896 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
898 << IV->getDeclName());
899 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
900 // same name exists, use the global.
901 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000902 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
903 ClassDeclared != IFace)
904 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000905 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
906 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000907 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argiris Kirtzidis3bb49042009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000908 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
909 II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000910 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000911 return Owned(new (Context)
912 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000913 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000915 }
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000917 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
918 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
919 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000921 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000922 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
923 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000924 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000925 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000926 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000927 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000928 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 QualType T;
930
931 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000932 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
933 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000934 else
935 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000936 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000937 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000938 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000939
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000940 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
941 // argument-dependent lookup.
942 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
943 HasTrailingLParen;
944
945 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000946 // We've seen something of the form
947 //
948 // identifier(
949 //
950 // and we did not find any entity by the name
951 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
952 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
953 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
954 Context.OverloadTy,
955 Loc));
956 }
957
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000958 if (D == 0) {
959 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
960 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000962 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000963 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000964 else {
965 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
966 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000967 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
969 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000970 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
971 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
973 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000974 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000976 }
977 }
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000978
979 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
980 // Warn about constructs like:
981 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
982 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
983
984 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
985 // information to check this property.
986 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
987 Scope *CheckS = S;
988 while (CheckS) {
989 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
990 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
991 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
992 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
993 << Var->getDeclName());
994 else
995 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
996 << Var->getDeclName());
997 break;
998 }
999
1000 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1001 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1002 if (CheckS)
1003 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1004 }
1005 }
1006 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1007 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1008 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1009 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1010 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1011 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1012 // type.
1013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1014 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001015
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001016 QualType T = Func->getType();
1017 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1018 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1019 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1020 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1021 }
1022 }
1023
1024 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1025}
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001026/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
1027void
1028Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1029 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1030 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1031 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1032 QualType DestType =
1033 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
1034 if (!DestType->isDependentType() &&
1035 !From->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1036 if (From->getType()->getAsPointerType())
1037 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1038 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, /*isLvalue=*/true);
1039 }
1040 }
1041}
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001042
1043/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1044Sema::OwningExprResult
1045Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1046 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1047 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1048 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1049 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1050 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1051
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001052 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1053 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1054 // not any specific instance's member.
1055 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001056 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001057 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001058 QualType DType;
1059 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1060 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1061 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1062 DType = Method->getType();
1063 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1064 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1065 }
1066 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1067 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1068 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1069 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001070 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001071 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001072 }
1073 }
1074 }
1075
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001076 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1077 // (C++ [class.union]).
1078 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1079 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1080 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001082 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1083 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1084 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1085 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1086 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1087 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1088 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1089 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1090 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1091 QualType MemberType;
1092 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1093 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1094 MemberType = FD->getType();
1095
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001096 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001097 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1098 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1099 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1100 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1101 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1102 }
1103 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1104 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1105 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1106 MemberType = Method->getType();
1107 }
1108 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1109 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1110 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1111 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1112 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1113 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1114 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1115 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1116 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1117 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1118 break;
1119 }
1120 }
1121 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001122
1123 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001124 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1125 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1126 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1127 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1128 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1129 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001130 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001131 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001132 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001133 PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001134 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001135 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001136 }
1137 }
1138 }
1139 }
1140
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001141 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001142 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1143 if (MD->isStatic())
1144 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001145 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1146 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001147 }
1148
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001149 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1150 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1151 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1153 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001154 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001155
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001156 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001157 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001158 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001160 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001162
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001163 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001164 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001165 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1166 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001167 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001168 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1169 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001170 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001172 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1173 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1174 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1175 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001176 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1177 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001178 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1179 return ExprError();
1180
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001181 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1182 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183 return ExprError();
1184
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001185 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1186 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1187 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1188 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001189 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001190 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1191 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1192 //
1193 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001194 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001195 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001196 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001197 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001198 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001199 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1200 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001201 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001202
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001203 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001204 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1205 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001206 }
1207 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1208 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001209
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001210 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001211 bool ValueDependent = false;
1212 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1213 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1214 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1215 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1216 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1217 TypeDependent = true;
1218 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1219 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1220 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1221 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1222 TypeDependent = true;
1223 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1224 // names a dependent type.
1225 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001226 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001227 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1228 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001229 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001230 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1231 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1232 TypeDependent = true;
1233 break;
1234 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001235 }
1236 }
1237 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001238
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001239 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1240 //
1241 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1242 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1243 if (TypeDependent)
1244 ValueDependent = true;
1245 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1246 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1247 ValueDependent = true;
1248 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1249 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001250 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1251 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1252 Dcl->getInit()) {
1253 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1254 }
1255 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001256 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001257
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001258 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1259 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001260}
1261
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1263 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001264 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001266 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001267 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001268 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1269 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1270 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001271 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001272
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001273 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1274 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001275 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001276 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1277 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001278 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1279 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1280 else {
1281 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1282 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1283 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1284 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285
1286
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001287 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001288 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001289 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001290 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001291}
1292
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001294 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1295 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1296 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1297 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001298
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001299 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1300 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1301 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001302 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001303
1304 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1305
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001306 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1307 Literal.isWide(),
1308 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001309}
1310
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1312 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001313 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1314 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001315 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001316 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001317 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001318 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001319 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001320
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001321 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001322 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1323 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001324 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001325
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001326 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1327 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1330 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1331 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332 return ExprError();
1333
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001334 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001336 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001337 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001338 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001339 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001340 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001341 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001342 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001343 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001344
1345 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1346
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001347 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1348 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnerff1bf1a2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001349 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1350 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001351
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001352 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001353 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001354 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001355 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001356
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001357 // long long is a C99 feature.
1358 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001359 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001360 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1361
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001362 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001363 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1366 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1367 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001368 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1369 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001370 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001371 } else {
1372 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1373 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001374
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001375 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1376 // be an unsigned int.
1377 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1378
1379 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001380 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001381 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1382 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001383 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001384
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001385 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1386 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1387 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1388 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001389 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001390 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001391 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001392 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001393 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001394 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001395
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001396 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001397 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001398 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001399
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001400 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1401 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1402 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1403 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001404 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001405 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001406 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001407 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001408 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001409 }
1410
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001411 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001412 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001413 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001414
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001415 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1416 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1417 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1418 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001419 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001420 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001421 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001422 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001423 }
1424 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001425
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001426 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1427 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001428 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001429 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001430 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001431 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001432 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001433
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001434 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1435 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001436 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001437 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001438 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001439
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001440 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1441 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001442 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1443 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001444
1445 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001446}
1447
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001448Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1449 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001450 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001451 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001452 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001453}
1454
1455/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1456/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001457bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001458 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1459 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1460 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001461 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1462 return false;
1463
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001464 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001465 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001466 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001467 if (isSizeof)
1468 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1469 return false;
1470 }
1471
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001472 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001473 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001474 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1475 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001476 return false;
1477 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001478
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001479 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1480 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1481 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1482 ExprRange))
1483 return true;
1484
1485 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001486 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001487 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001488 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1489 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001490 }
1491
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001492 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001493}
1494
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001495bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1496 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1497 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001498
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001499 // alignof decl is always ok.
1500 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1501 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001502
1503 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1504 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1505 return false;
1506
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001507 if (E->getBitField()) {
1508 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1509 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001510 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001511
1512 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1513 // bit-field.
1514 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump6eeaa782009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001515 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001516 return false;
1517
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001518 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1519}
1520
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001521/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1522Action::OwningExprResult
1523Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1524 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1525 if (T.isNull())
1526 return ExprError();
1527
1528 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1529 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1530 return ExprError();
1531
1532 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1533 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1534 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1535 R.getEnd()));
1536}
1537
1538/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1539/// operand.
1540Action::OwningExprResult
1541Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1542 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1543 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1544 bool isInvalid = false;
1545 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1546 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1547 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1548 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001549 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001550 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1551 isInvalid = true;
1552 } else {
1553 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1554 }
1555
1556 if (isInvalid)
1557 return ExprError();
1558
1559 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1560 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1561 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1562 R.getEnd()));
1563}
1564
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001565/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1566/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1567/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001569Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1570 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001571 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001572 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001573
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001574 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001575 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1576 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1577 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001578
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001579 // Get the end location.
1580 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1581 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1582 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1583
1584 if (Result.isInvalid())
1585 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1586
1587 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001588}
1589
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001590QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001591 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1592 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001593
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001594 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001595 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1596 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001597
1598 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1599 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1600 return V->getType();
1601
1602 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1604 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001605 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001606}
1607
1608
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001609
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610Action::OwningExprResult
1611Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1612 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1613 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001614
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001615 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1616 switch (Kind) {
1617 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1618 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1619 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1620 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1623 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1624 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1627
1628 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1629 //
1630 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1631 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1632 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1633 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1634 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1635 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1636 // argument will have value zero.
1637 Expr *Args[2] = {
1638 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001639 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1640 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001641 };
1642
1643 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1644 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001645 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646
1647 // Perform overload resolution.
1648 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001649 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001650 case OR_Success: {
1651 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1652 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1653
1654 if (FnDecl) {
1655 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1656 // operator.
1657
1658 // Convert the arguments.
1659 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1660 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001662 } else {
1663 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001665 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1666 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001667 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001668 }
1669
1670 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1673 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001676 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001677 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001678 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1679
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001680 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001681 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001682 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1683 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1684 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001685 } else {
1686 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1687 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1688 // operator node.
1689 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1690 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001691 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001692
1693 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001694 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001695 }
1696
1697 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1698 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1699 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1700 break;
1701
1702 case OR_Ambiguous:
1703 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1704 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1705 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1706 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001707 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001708
1709 case OR_Deleted:
1710 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1711 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1712 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1713 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1714 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1715 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001716 }
1717
1718 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1719 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1720 // build a built-in operation.
1721 }
1722
Eli Friedman94d30952009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001723 Input.release();
1724 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001725 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001726}
1727
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001728Action::OwningExprResult
1729Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1730 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1731 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1732 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001733
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001734 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001735 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1736 Base.release();
1737 Idx.release();
1738 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1739 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1740 }
1741
1742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001743 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001744 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1745 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1746 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001747 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1748 // to the candidate set.
1749 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1750 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001751 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1752 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001753
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001754 // Perform overload resolution.
1755 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001756 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001757 case OR_Success: {
1758 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1759 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1760
1761 if (FnDecl) {
1762 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1763 // operator.
1764
1765 // Convert the arguments.
1766 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1767 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1768 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1769 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1770 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001771 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001772 } else {
1773 // Convert the arguments.
1774 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1775 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1776 "passing") ||
1777 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1778 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1779 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001780 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001781 }
1782
1783 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001784 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001785 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1786 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001788 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001789 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1790 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001791 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1792
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001793 Base.release();
1794 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001795 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1796 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001797 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1798 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001799 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001800 } else {
1801 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1802 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1803 // operator node.
1804 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1805 "passing") ||
1806 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1807 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001808 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001809
1810 break;
1811 }
1812 }
1813
1814 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1815 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1816 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1817 break;
1818
1819 case OR_Ambiguous:
1820 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1821 << "[]"
1822 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1823 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001824 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001825
1826 case OR_Deleted:
1827 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1828 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1829 << "[]"
1830 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1831 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1832 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001833 }
1834
1835 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1836 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1837 // build a built-in operation.
1838 }
1839
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001840 // Perform default conversions.
1841 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1842 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001843
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001844 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1845
1846 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001847 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001848 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001849 // and index from the expression types.
1850 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1851 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001852 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1853 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1854 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1855 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001856 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001857 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1858 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001859 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001860 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001861 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1862 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1863 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001864 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001865 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1866 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1867 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1868 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1869 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1870 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1871 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1872 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1873 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1874 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1875 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001876 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1877 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001878 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001879
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001880 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1881 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001882 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1883 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1884 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1885 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1886 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1887 // force the promotion here.
1888 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1889 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1890 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1891 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1892
1893 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1894 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001895 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001896 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1897 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1898 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1899 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1900 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1901 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1902
1903 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1904 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001905 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001906 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001907 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1908 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001909 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001910 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001911 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001912 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1913 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001914
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001915 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1916 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1917 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1918 // incomplete types are not object types.
1919 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1920 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1921 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1922 return ExprError();
1923 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001924
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001925 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001926 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001927 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1928 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001929
1930 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1931 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1932 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1933 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1934 return ExprError();
1935 }
1936
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001937 Base.release();
1938 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001939 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001940 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001941}
1942
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001943QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001944CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001945 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001946 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001947
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001948 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1949 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001950
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001951 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001952 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1953 // to be selected.
1954 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001955
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001956 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1957 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001958 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001959
1960 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1961 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1964 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001965 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001966 do
1967 compStr++;
1968 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001969 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001970 do
1971 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001972 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001973 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001974
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001975 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001976 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1977 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001978 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1979 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001980 return QualType();
1981 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001982
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001983 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1984 // operates on.
1985 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1986 compStr = CompName.getName();
1987
1988 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001989 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001990
1991 while (*compStr) {
1992 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1993 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1994 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1995 return QualType();
1996 }
1997 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001998 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001999
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002000 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2001 // number of elements.
2002 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002003 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002004 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002005 return QualType();
2006 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002007
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002008 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002009 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002010 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002011 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002012 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002013 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2014 : CompName.getLength();
2015 if (HexSwizzle)
2016 CompSize--;
2017
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002018 if (CompSize == 1)
2019 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002020
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002021 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002022 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002023 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2024 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2025 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2026 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002027 }
2028 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002029}
2030
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002031static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2032 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002033 const Selector &Sel,
2034 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002035
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002036 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002037 return PD;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002038 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002039 return OMD;
2040
2041 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2042 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002043 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2044 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002045 return D;
2046 }
2047 return 0;
2048}
2049
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002050static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002051 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002052 const Selector &Sel,
2053 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002054 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2055 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002056 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002057 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002058 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002059 GDecl = PD;
2060 break;
2061 }
2062 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002063 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002064 GDecl = OMD;
2065 break;
2066 }
2067 }
2068 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002069 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002070 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2071 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002072 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002073 if (GDecl)
2074 return GDecl;
2075 }
2076 }
2077 return GDecl;
2078}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002079
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002080/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2081/// all base class implementations.
2082///
2083ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2084 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2085 const Selector &Sel) {
2086 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisb1c4ee52009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002087 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002088 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002089
2090 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2091 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2092 return Method;
2093}
2094
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002095Action::OwningExprResult
2096Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2097 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002098 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002099 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002100 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002101 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002102
2103 // Perform default conversions.
2104 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002105
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002106 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2107 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002108
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002109 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2110 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002111 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002112 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002113 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2114 BaseExpr, true,
2115 OpLoc,
2116 DeclarationName(&Member),
2117 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002118 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002119 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002120 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2121 ;
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002122 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002123 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2124 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002125 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002126 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2127 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2128 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002129 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002130 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2131 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2132 // (so we'll report an error for)
2133 // T* t;
2134 // t.f;
2135 //
2136 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2137 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2138 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002139 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002140
2141 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2142 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002143 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2144 BaseExpr, false,
2145 OpLoc,
2146 DeclarationName(&Member),
2147 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002148 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002149 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002150
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002151 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2152 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002153 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002154 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002155 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002156 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2157 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2158 return ExprError();
2159
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002160 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002161 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002162 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002163 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002164 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002165
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002166 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002167 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2168 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002169 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002170 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2171 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2172 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002173 }
2174
2175 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002176
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002177 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2178 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2179 // error cases.
2180 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2181 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002182
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002183 // Check the use of this field
2184 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2185 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002186
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002187 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002188 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2189 // (C++ [class.union]).
2190 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002191 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002192 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002193
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002194 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002195 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002196 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002197 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2198 else {
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002199 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002200 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2201 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002202 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002203 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2204 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002205 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2206 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002207 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002208
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002209 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00002210 PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002211 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2212 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002213 }
2214
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002215 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2216 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002217 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002218 Var, MemberLoc,
2219 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002220 }
2221 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2222 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002223 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002224 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2225 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002226 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002227 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2228 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002229 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002230 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002231 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2232 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002233 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2234 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002235 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002236 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002237 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2238 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002239
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002240 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2241 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2242 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002243 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2244 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2245 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002246 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002247
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002248 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002249 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002250 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2251 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2252 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2253 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2254 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2255 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2256 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2257 // Check the use of this method.
2258 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2259 return ExprError();
2260 }
2261 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2262 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2263 Selector SetterSel =
2264 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2265 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2266 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2267 if (!Setter) {
2268 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2269 // methods.
2270 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2271 }
2272 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002273 if (!Setter)
2274 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002275
2276 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2277 return ExprError();
2278
2279 if (Getter || Setter) {
2280 QualType PType;
2281
2282 if (Getter)
2283 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2284 else {
2285 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2286 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2287 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2288 }
2289 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2290 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2291 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2292 }
2293 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2294 << &Member << BaseType);
2295 }
2296 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002297 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2298 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002299 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2300 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2301 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2302 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2303 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002304 if (IFaceT) {
2305 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2306 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2307 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2308
2309 if (IV) {
2310 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2311 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2312 // error cases.
2313 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2314 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002315
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002316 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2317 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2318 return ExprError();
2319 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2320 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2321 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2322 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2323 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2324 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2325 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2326 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2327 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2328 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2329 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2330 // AST for a function decl.
2331 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2332 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2333 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2334 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2335 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2336 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2337 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2338 }
2339
2340 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2341 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2342 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2343 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2344 << IV->getDeclName();
2345 }
2346 // @protected
2347 else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2348 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2349 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002350 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002351
2352 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2353 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2354 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002355 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002356 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2357 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2358 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002359 }
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002360 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2361 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002362 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002363 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2364 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002365 }
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002366 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2367 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2368 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2369 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2370
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002371 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2372 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2373 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2374 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2375 // Check the use of this declaration
2376 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2377 return ExprError();
2378
2379 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2380 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2381 }
2382 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2383 // Check the use of this method.
2384 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2385 return ExprError();
2386
2387 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2388 OMD->getResultType(),
2389 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2390 NULL, 0));
2391 }
2392 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002393
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002394 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2395 << &Member << BaseType);
2396 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002397 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2398 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002399 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2400 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2401 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2402 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2403 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2404
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002405 // Search for a declared property first.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002406 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002407 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2408 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2409 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002410 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2411 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002412 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002413 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2414 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002415 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002416 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2417 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002418 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002419 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2420 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002421 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002422 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2423 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2424 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002425
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002426 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002427 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2428 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002429 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2430 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2431 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2432 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2433 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2434 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002435
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002436 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2437 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2438 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002439 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2440 // selector is implemented.
2441
2442 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2443 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2444
2445 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002446 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002447
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002448 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2449 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002450 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002451
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002452 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002453 if (!Getter)
2454 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002455 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002456 // Check if we can reference this property.
2457 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2458 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002459 }
2460 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2461 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2462 Selector SetterSel =
2463 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2464 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002465 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002466 if (!Setter) {
2467 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2468 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002469 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002470 }
2471 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002472 if (!Setter)
2473 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002474
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002475 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2476 return ExprError();
2477
2478 if (Getter || Setter) {
2479 QualType PType;
2480
2481 if (Getter)
2482 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2483 else {
2484 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2485 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2486 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2487 }
2488 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2489 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2490 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2491 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002492 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2493 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002494 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002495
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002496 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2497 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2498 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002499 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002500 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2501 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2502
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002503 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002504 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002505 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2506 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002507 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002508 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002509 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002510 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002511
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002512 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2513 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2514
2515 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2516 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2517 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2518 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2519 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2520 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002521 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002522 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2523 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2524 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2525 }
2526
2527 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002528}
2529
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002530/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2531/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2532/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2533/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2534/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2535/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002536bool
2537Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002538 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002539 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002540 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2541 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002542 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002543 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2544 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2545 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002546 bool Invalid = false;
2547
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002548 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2549 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2550 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2551 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2552 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2553 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2554 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2555 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002556 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002557 }
2558
2559 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2560 // them.
2561 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2562 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2563 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2564 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2565 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2566 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2567 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2568 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002569 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002570 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002571 }
2572 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2573 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002574
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002575 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2576 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2577 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002578
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002579 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002580 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002581 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002582
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002583 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2584 ProtoArgType,
2585 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2586 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2587 return true;
2588
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002589 // Pass the argument.
2590 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2591 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002592 } else {
2593 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2594 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2595 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2596 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2597 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2598 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002599 } else {
2600 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2601
2602 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2603 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2604 // be properly destroyed.
2605 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2606 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2607 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2608 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2609 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2610 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2611 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002612 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002613
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002614 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002615 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002616 }
2617
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002618 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002619
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2621 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002622
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002623 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2624 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002625 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2626 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2627 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2628 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2629 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2630
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002631 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2632 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2633 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002634 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002635 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2636 }
2637 }
2638
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002639 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002640}
2641
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002642/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002643/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2644/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002645Action::OwningExprResult
2646Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2647 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002648 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002649 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002650 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002651 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002652 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002653 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002654 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002655 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002656
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002657 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002658 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002659 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002660 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2661 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002662 bool Dependent = false;
2663 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2664 Dependent = true;
2665 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2666 Dependent = true;
2667
2668 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002669 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002670 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2671
2672 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2673 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2674 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2675 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2676
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002677 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002678 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2679 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2680 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2681 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2682 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2683 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2684 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002685 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2686 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002687 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002688 }
2689
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002690 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002691 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2692 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002693 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2694 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002695 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2696 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2697 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002698 while (true) {
2699 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2700 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2701 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002702 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002703 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002704 ADL = false;
2705 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2706 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002707 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002708 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2709 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002710 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002711 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2712 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002713 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002714 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002715 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002716 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2717 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2718 break;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002719 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2720 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2721 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor6631cb42009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002722 if (!NDecl)
2723 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002724 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2725 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2726 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2727
2728 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2729 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2730 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2731 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2732 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2733 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2734 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2735 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2736 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2737 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2738 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2739 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2740 //
2741 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2742 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2743 // is still possible.
2744 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2745 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002746 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002747 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002748 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2749 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2750 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002751 break;
2752 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002753 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002754
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002755 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002756 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002757 if (NDecl) {
2758 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2759 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002760 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2761 else
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002762 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2763 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002764 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002765
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002766 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2767 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002768 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002769 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002770 ADL = false;
2771
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002772 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2773 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2774 ADL = false;
2775
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002776 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002777 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2778 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2779 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2780 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2781 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2782 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002783 if (!FDecl)
2784 return ExprError();
2785
2786 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2787 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002788 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002789 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002790 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2791 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2792 false, false,
2793 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2794 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002795 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002796 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002797 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2798 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2799 Fn = NewFn;
2800 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002801 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002802
2803 // Promote the function operand.
2804 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2805
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002806 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2807 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002808 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2809 Args, NumArgs,
2810 Context.BoolTy,
2811 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002812
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002813 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2814 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2815 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2816 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002817 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002818 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002819 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2820 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002821 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2822 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002823 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002824 getAsFunctionType();
2825 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002826 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002827 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2828 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2829
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002830 // Check for a valid return type
2831 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2832 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2833 FuncT->getResultType(),
2834 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2835 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2836 return ExprError();
2837
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002838 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002839 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002840
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002841 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002842 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002843 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002844 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002845 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002846 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002847
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002848 if (FDecl) {
2849 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2850 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2851 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002852 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002853 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2854 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2855 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2856 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2857 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2858 }
2859 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002860 }
2861
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002862 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002863 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2864 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2865 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002866 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2867 Arg->getType(),
2868 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2869 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2870 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002871 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002872 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002873 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002874
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002875 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2876 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002877 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2878 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002879
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002880 // Check for sentinels
2881 if (NDecl)
2882 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002883 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002884 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002885 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002886 if (NDecl)
2887 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002888
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002889 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002890}
2891
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002892Action::OwningExprResult
2893Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2894 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002895 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002896 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2897 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002898 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002899 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002900
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002901 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002902 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002903 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2904 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002905 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2906 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2907 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002908 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002909 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002910
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002911 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002912 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002913 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002914
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002915 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002916 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002917 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002918 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002919 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002920 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002921 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002922 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002923}
2924
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002925Action::OwningExprResult
2926Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002927 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2928 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2929 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002930
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002931 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002932 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002933
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002934 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002935 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002936 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002937 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002938}
2939
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002940/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlc358b622009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002941bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
2942 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002943 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Sebastian Redlc358b622009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002944 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002945
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002946 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2947
2948 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2949 // type needs to be scalar.
2950 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2951 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2952 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002953 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2954 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2955 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2956 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002957 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002958 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2959 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2960 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2961 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002962 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002963 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002964 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002965 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2966 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2967 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2968 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2969 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2970 break;
2971 }
2972 }
2973 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2974 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2975 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2976 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002977 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002978 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002979 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002980 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002982 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002983 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2984 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002985 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002986 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2987 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002988 return true;
2989 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2990 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2991 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002992 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2993 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2994 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002995 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002996 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002997 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2998 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2999 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3000 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3001 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3002 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3003 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3004 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3005 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3006 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3007 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003008 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003009 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3010 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003011 return false;
3012}
3013
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003014bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003015 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003016
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003017 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003018 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003019 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003020 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003021 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003022 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003023 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003024 } else
3025 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003026 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003027 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003028
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003029 return false;
3030}
3031
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003032bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3033 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3034
Nate Begeman9e063702009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003035 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3036 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003037 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3038 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3039 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3040 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3041 return false;
3042 }
3043
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003044 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003045 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3046 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003047 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3048 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3049 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3050 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003051 return false;
3052}
3053
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003054Action::OwningExprResult
3055Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3056 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3057 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3058 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003059
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003060 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003061 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3062
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003063 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003064 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003065 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
3066 castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003067 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003068}
3069
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003070/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3071/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003072/// C99 6.5.15
3073QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3074 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003075 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3077 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3078
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003079 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3080 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3081 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3082 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3083 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3084 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003085
3086 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003087 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3088 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3089 << CondTy;
3090 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003091 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003092
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003093 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003094
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003095 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3096 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003097 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3098 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3099 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003100 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003101
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003102 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3103 // type.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003104 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3105 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003106 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003107 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003108 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003109 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003110 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003111 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003112
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003113 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003114 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003115 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3116 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3117 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3118 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3119 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3120 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3121 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3122 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3123 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003124 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003125 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003126 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3127 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003128 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003129 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3130 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3131 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003132 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003133 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003134 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3135 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3136 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003137 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003138 // Handle block pointer types.
3139 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3140 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3141 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3142 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3143 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3144 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3145 return destType;
3146 }
3147 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3148 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3149 return QualType();
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003150 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003151 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3152 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3153 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003154 return LHSTy;
3155 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003156 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003157 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3158 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003159
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003160 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3161 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003162 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3163 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3164 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3165 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3166 // to get a consistent AST.
3167 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3168 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3169 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3170 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003171 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003172 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3173 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3174 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003175 return LHSTy;
3176 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003177 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003178 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003179
3180 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3181 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3182 return LHSTy;
3183 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003184 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3185 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003186 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3187
3188 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3189 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3190 // type. This allows
3191 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3192 // where B is a subclass of A.
3193 //
3194 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3195 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3196 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3197 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3198
3199 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3200 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003201 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003202 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003203 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003204 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003205 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3206 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003207 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003208 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3209 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3210 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3211 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3212 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3213 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003214 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3215 } else {
3216 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3217 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3218 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3219 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3220 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3221 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3222 return incompatTy;
3223 }
3224 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3225 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3226 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3227 return compositeType;
3228 }
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003229 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3230 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3231 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3232 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3233 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3234 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3235 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3236 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3237 return destType;
3238 }
3239 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3240 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3241 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3242 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3243 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3244 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3245 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3246 return destType;
3247 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003248 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3249 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3250 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003251 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3252 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003253
3254 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3255 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3256 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3257 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3258 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3260 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3261 return destType;
3262 }
3263 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3264 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3265 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3266 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3267 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3268 return destType;
3269 }
3270
3271 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3272 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3273 return LHSTy;
3274 }
3275 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3276 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3277 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3278 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3279 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3280 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3281 // to get a consistent AST.
3282 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3283 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3284 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3285 return incompatTy;
3286 }
3287 // The pointer types are compatible.
3288 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3289 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3290 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3291 // type.
3292 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3293 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3294 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3295 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3296 return LHSTy;
3297 }
3298
3299 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3300 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3301 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3302 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3303 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3304 return RHSTy;
3305 }
3306 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3307 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3308 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3309 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3310 return LHSTy;
3311 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003312
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003313 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003314 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3315 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003316 return QualType();
3317}
3318
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003319/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003320/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003321Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3322 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3323 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3324 ExprArg RHS) {
3325 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3326 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003327
3328 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3329 // was the condition.
3330 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3331 if (isLHSNull)
3332 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003333
3334 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003335 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3336 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003337 return ExprError();
3338
3339 Cond.release();
3340 LHS.release();
3341 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003342 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003343 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3344 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003345}
3346
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003347// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003348// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3350// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3351// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003352Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003353Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3354 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003355
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003356 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003357 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3358 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003360 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003361 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3362 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003363
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003364 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003365
3366 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3367 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3368 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003369 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003370 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003371 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003372
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003373 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3374 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003375 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003376 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003377 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003378 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003380 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003381 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3382 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003383 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003384
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003385 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003386 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003387 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003388
3389 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003390 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3391 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003392 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003394 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003395 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3396 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3397 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3398 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3399 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3400 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3401 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3402 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3403 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3404 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3405 }
3406 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3407 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3408 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3409 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3410 }
3411 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3412 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3413 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3414 // warning can be disabled.
3415 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3416 return ConvTy;
3417 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3418 }
3419 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3420 return IncompatiblePointer;
3421 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003422 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003423}
3424
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003425/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3426/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3427/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3428// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003429Sema::AssignConvertType
3430Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003431 QualType rhsType) {
3432 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003433
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003434 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003435 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3436 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003437
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003438 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3439 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3440 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003441
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003442 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003443
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003444 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3445 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3446 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003447
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003448 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003449 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003450 return ConvTy;
3451}
3452
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003453/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3454/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003455/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3456///
3457/// int a, *pint;
3458/// short *pshort;
3459/// struct foo *pfoo;
3460///
3461/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3462/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3463/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3464/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3465///
3466/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003467/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003468///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003469Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003470Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003471 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3472 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003473 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3474 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003475
3476 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003477 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003478
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003479 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3480 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3481 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3482 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3483 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3484 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3485 // type.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003486 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003487 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003488 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003489 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003490 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003491 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3492 // to the same ExtVector type.
3493 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3494 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3495 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3496 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3497 return Compatible;
3498 }
3499
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003500 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003501 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003502 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003503 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003504 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3505 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003506 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003507 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003508 }
3509 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003510 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003511
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003512 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003513 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003514
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003515 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003516 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003517 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003518
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003519 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003520 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003522 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003523 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003524 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3525 return Compatible;
3526 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003527 }
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003528 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
3529 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003530 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003531
3532 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003533 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003534 return Compatible;
3535 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003536 return Incompatible;
3537 }
3538
3539 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3540 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003541 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003542
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003543 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003544 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003545 return Compatible;
3546
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003547 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3548 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003550 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003551 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003552 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003553 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003554 return Incompatible;
3555 }
3556
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003557 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3558 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3559 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003560
3561 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003562 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003563 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3564 return Compatible;
3565 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003566 }
3567 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003568 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3569 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003570 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3571 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003572 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3573 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003574 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003575 }
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003576 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003577 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3578 return Compatible;
3579 }
3580 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3581 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3582 return Compatible;
3583 return Incompatible;
3584 }
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003585 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003586 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003587 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3588 return Compatible;
3589
3590 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003591 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003592
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003593 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003594 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003595
3596 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003597 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003598 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003599 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003600 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003601 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3602 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3603 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3604 return Compatible;
3605
3606 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3607 return PointerToInt;
3608
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003609 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003610 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003611 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3612 return Compatible;
3613 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003614 }
3615 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003616 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003617 return Compatible;
3618 return Incompatible;
3619 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003620
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003621 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003622 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003623 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003624 }
3625 return Incompatible;
3626}
3627
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003628/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3629/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3630static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3631 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3632 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3633 // of the transparent union.
3634 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3635 &E, 1,
3636 SourceLocation());
3637 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3638 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3639
3640 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3641 // union type from this initializer list.
3642 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3643 false);
3644}
3645
3646Sema::AssignConvertType
3647Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3648 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3649
3650 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3651 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3652 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003653 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003654 return Incompatible;
3655
3656 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3657 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3658 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3659 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003660 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3661 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003662 it != itend; ++it) {
3663 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3664 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3665 // 1) void pointer
3666 // 2) null pointer constant
3667 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003668 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003669 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3670 InitField = *it;
3671 break;
3672 }
3673
3674 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3675 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3676 InitField = *it;
3677 break;
3678 }
3679 }
3680
3681 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3682 == Compatible) {
3683 InitField = *it;
3684 break;
3685 }
3686 }
3687
3688 if (!InitField)
3689 return Incompatible;
3690
3691 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3692 return Compatible;
3693}
3694
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003695Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003696Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003697 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3698 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3699 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3700 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3701 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003702 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3703 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003704 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003705 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003706 }
3707
3708 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3709 // structures.
3710 }
3711
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003712 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3713 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003714 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003715 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003716 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003717 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003718 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003719 return Compatible;
3720 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003722 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003723 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003724 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003725 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003726 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003727 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003728 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3729 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003730
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003731 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3732 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003734 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3735 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003736 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3737 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3738 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3739 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003740 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003741 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003742 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003743}
3744
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003745QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003747 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003748 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003749 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003750}
3751
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003753 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003755 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003756 QualType lhsType =
3757 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3758 QualType rhsType =
3759 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003761 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003762 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003763 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003764
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003765 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3766 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003767 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3768 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3769 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003770 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3771 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003772 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003773 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003774 }
3775 }
3776 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003777
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003778 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3779 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3780 bool swapped = false;
3781 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3782 swapped = true;
3783 std::swap(rex, lex);
3784 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3785 }
3786
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003787 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003788 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3789 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3790 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3791 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003792 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003793 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3794 return lhsType;
3795 }
3796 }
3797 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3798 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3799 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003800 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003801 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3802 return lhsType;
3803 }
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003804 }
3805 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003806
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003807 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003808 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003809 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003810 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003811 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003812}
3813
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003814inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003815 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003816{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003817 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003818 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003820 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003821
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003822 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003823 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003824 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003825}
3826
3827inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003828 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003829{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003830 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3831 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3832 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3833 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3834 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003835
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003836 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003837
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003838 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003839 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003840 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003841}
3842
3843inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003844 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003845{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003846 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3847 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3848 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3849 return compType;
3850 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003851
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003852 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003853
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003854 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003855 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3856 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3857 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003858 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003859 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003860
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003861 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3862 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003863 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003864 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3865
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003866 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003867
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003868 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003869 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003870
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003871 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3872 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003873 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3874 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003875 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003876 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003877 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003878
3879 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3880 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3881 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003882 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003883 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3884 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3885 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3886 return QualType();
3887 }
3888
3889 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3890 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3891 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003892 } else {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003893 // Check if we require a complete type.
3894 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003895 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003896 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3897 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3898 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3899 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3900 PExp->getType()))
3901 return QualType();
3902 }
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003903 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3904 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3905 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3906 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3907 return QualType();
3908 }
3909
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003910 if (CompLHSTy) {
3911 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3912 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3913 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003914 else {
3915 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3916 if (!T.isNull())
3917 LHSTy = T;
3918 }
3919
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003920 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3921 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003922 return PExp->getType();
3923 }
3924 }
3925
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003926 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003927}
3928
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003929// C99 6.5.6
3930QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003931 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3932 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3933 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3934 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3935 return compType;
3936 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003937
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003938 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003940 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003941
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003942 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003943 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3944 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003945 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003946 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003947 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003948
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003949 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003950 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003951 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003953 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003954
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003955 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3956 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3957 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3958 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3959 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3960 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3961 return QualType();
3962 }
3963
3964 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3965 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3966 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3967 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003969 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003970 return QualType();
3971 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003972
3973 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3974 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3975 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3976 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3977 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3978 lex->getSourceRange(),
3979 SourceRange(),
3980 lex->getType()))
3981 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003982
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003983 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3984 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3985 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3986 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3987 return QualType();
3988 }
3989
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003990 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003991 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3992 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3993 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3994 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3995 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3996 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3997 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3998 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3999
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004000 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004001 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004002 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004003
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004004 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004005 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004006 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004007
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004008 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4009 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4010 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4011 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4012 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4013 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4014 return QualType();
4015 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004016
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004017 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4018 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4019 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4020 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004021 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004022 return QualType();
4023 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004024
4025 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4026 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4027 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4028 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4029 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4030 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4031 rex->getSourceRange(),
4032 SourceRange(),
4033 rex->getType()))
4034 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004035
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4037 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4038 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4039 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4040 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4041 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4042 return QualType();
4043 }
4044 } else {
4045 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4046 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4047 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4048 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4049 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4050 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4051 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4052 return QualType();
4053 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004054 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004055
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004056 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4057 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4058 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4059 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4060 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4061 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4062 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004063
4064 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004065 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4066 }
4067 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004069 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004070}
4071
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004072// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004073QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004074 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004075 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4076 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004077 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004078
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004079 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4080 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004081 QualType LHSTy;
4082 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4083 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004084 else {
4085 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4086 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4087 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4088 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004089 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004090 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4091
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004092 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004093
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004094 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004095 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004096}
4097
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004098// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004099QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004100 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4101 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4102
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004103 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004104 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004105
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004106 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004107 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4108 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4109 else {
4110 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4111 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4112 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004113 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4114 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004115
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004116 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4117 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004118 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4119 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4120 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004121 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4122 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004123 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4124 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4125 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4126 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004127 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4128 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004129 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004130
4131 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4132 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4133 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4134 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4135
4136 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4137 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004138 Expr *literalString = 0;
4139 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004140 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004141 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4142 literalString = lex;
4143 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
4144 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004145 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4146 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004147 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4148 literalString = rex;
4149 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4150 }
4151
4152 if (literalString) {
4153 std::string resultComparison;
4154 switch (Opc) {
4155 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4156 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4157 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4158 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4159 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4160 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4161 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4162 }
4163 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4164 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4165 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004166 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4167 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4168 "strcmp(")
4169 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4170 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004171 resultComparison);
4172 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004173 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004174
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004175 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004176 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004177
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004178 if (isRelational) {
4179 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004180 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004181 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004182 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004183 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004184 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004185 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004186 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004187
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004188 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004189 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004190 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004191
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004192 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4193 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004194
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004195 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4196 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4197 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004198 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004199 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004200 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004201 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004202 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004204 if (isRelational) {
4205 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004206 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4207 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4208 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004209 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4210 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4211 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4212 }
4213 } else {
4214 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4215 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4216 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4217 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4218 }
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004219 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004220
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004221 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4222 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4223 return ResultTy;
4224
4225 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4226 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4227 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4228 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4229 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4230 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4231 //
4232 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4233 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004234 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004235 if (T.isNull()) {
4236 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4237 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4238 return QualType();
4239 }
4240
4241 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4242 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4243 return ResultTy;
4244 }
4245
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004246 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004247 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4248 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004249 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004250 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004251 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004252 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004253 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004254 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004255 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004256 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4257 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4258 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4259 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4260 return ResultTy;
4261 }
4262 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4263 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4264 return ResultTy;
4265 }
4266 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4267 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4268 return ResultTy;
4269 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004270 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004271 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004272 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4273 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004274
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004275 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004276 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004277 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004278 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004279 }
4280 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004281 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004282 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004283 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004284 if (!isRelational
4285 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4286 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004287 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004288 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004289 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004290 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004291 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4292 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4293 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004294 }
4295 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004296 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004297 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004298
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004299 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004300 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004301 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4302 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004303 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004304 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004305 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004306 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004307
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004308 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4309 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004310 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004311 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004312 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004313 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004314 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004315 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004316 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4317 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4318 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4319 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4320 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004321 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004322 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004323 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004324 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004325 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004326 if (isRelational)
4327 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4328 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4329 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004330 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004331 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004332 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004333 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004334 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004335 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004336 if (isRelational)
4337 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4338 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4339 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004340 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004341 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004342 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004343 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004344 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004345 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004346 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4347 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004348 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004349 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004350 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004351 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4352 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004353 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004354 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004355 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004356 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004357}
4358
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004359/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004360/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004361/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4362/// types.
4363QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004364 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004365 bool isRelational) {
4366 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4367 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004368 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004369 if (vType.isNull())
4370 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004371
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004372 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4373 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004374
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004375 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4376 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4377 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4378 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4379 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4380 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4381 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004383 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004384
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004385 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4386 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4387 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004388 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004389 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004390
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004391 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4392 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4393 // elements for floating point vectors.
4394 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4395 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004397 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004398 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004399 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004400 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004401 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004402 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4403
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004404 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004405 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004406 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4407}
4408
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004409inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004410 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004411{
4412 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004413 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004414
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004415 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004417 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004418 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004419 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004420}
4421
4422inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004424{
4425 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4426 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004427
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004428 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004429 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004430 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004431}
4432
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004433/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4434/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4435/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4436///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004437static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004438{
4439 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4440 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4441 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4442 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004443 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4444 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4445 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4446 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4447 return true;
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004448 }
4449 }
4450 return false;
4451}
4452
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004453/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4454/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4455static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004456 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4457 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4458 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004459 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4460 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004461 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4462 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004463
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004464 unsigned Diag = 0;
4465 bool NeedType = false;
4466 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4467 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4468 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004470 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4471 NeedType = true;
4472 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004473 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004474 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4475 NeedType = true;
4476 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004477 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004478 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4479 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004480 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004481 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4482 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004483 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4484 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004485 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004486 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4487 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004488 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004489 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4490 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004491 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004492 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4493 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004494 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4495 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4496 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004497 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4498 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4499 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004500 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004501
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004502 SourceRange Assign;
4503 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4504 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004505 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004506 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004507 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004508 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004509 return true;
4510}
4511
4512
4513
4514// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004515QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4516 SourceLocation Loc,
4517 QualType CompoundType) {
4518 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4519 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004520 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004521
4522 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4523 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004524
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004525 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004526 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004527 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004528 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004529 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4530 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4531 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004532 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004533 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004534 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004535 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004537 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4538 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4539 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004540 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004541 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4542 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4543 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4544 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4545 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004546 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004547 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004548 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4549 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4550 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004551 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4552 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004553 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4554 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4555 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004556 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004557 }
4558 } else {
4559 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004560 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004561 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004562
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004563 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4564 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004565 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004566
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004567 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4568 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004570 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4571 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004572 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004573 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004574 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004575}
4576
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004577// C99 6.5.17
4578QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004579 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004580 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004581
4582 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4583 // incomplete in C++).
4584
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004585 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004586}
4587
4588/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4589/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004590QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4591 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004592 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4593 return Context.DependentTy;
4594
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004595 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4596 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004597
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004598 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4599 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4600 if (!isInc) {
4601 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4602 return QualType();
4603 }
4604 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4605 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4606 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004607 // OK!
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004608 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4609 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004610
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004611 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004612 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004613 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4614 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4615 << Op->getSourceRange();
4616 return QualType();
4617 }
4618
4619 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004620 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004621 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004622 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4623 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4624 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4625 return QualType();
4626 }
4627
4628 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004629 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004630 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004631 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4632 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4633 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004634 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian4738ac52009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004635 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4636 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4637 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4638 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4639 return QualType();
4640 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004641 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4642 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004644 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004645 } else {
4646 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004647 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004648 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004649 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004650 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004651 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004652 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004653 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004654 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004655}
4656
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004657/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004658/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004659/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4660/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4661/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4662/// - &(x) => x
4663/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4664/// - &s.xx => s
4665/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4666/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4667/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4668/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004669static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004670 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004671 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004672 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004673 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004674 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004675 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4676 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4677 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004678 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004679 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004680 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004681 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004682 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004683 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4684 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004685 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4686 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4687 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4688 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4689 }
4690 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004691 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004692 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4693 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004694
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004695 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004696 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4697 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4698 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4699 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4700 default:
4701 return 0;
4702 }
4703 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004704 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004705 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004706 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004707 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4708 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004709 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004710 default:
4711 return 0;
4712 }
4713}
4714
4715/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004716/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004717/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004718/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004719/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004720/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004721/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004722QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004723 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4724 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4725
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004726 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4727 return Context.DependentTy;
4728
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004729 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4730 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4731 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4732 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4733 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4734 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4735 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4736 }
4737 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4738 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4739 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004740 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004741 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004742
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004743 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4744 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004745 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004746 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004747 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004748 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4749 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004750 return QualType();
4751 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004752 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004753 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4754 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4755 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004756 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004757 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4758 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004759 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004760 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004761 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004762 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb35984a2009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004763 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4764 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4765 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4766 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4767 return QualType();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004768 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004769 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004770 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4771 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4772 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004773 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4774 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004775 return QualType();
4776 }
Douglas Gregor62f78762009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004777 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4778 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004779 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004780 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004781 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004782 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4783 // scope qualifier for the class.
4784 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4785 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004786 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4787 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4788 Diag(OpLoc,
4789 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4790 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4791 return QualType();
4792 }
4793
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004794 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4795 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004796 }
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004797 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004798 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004799 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004800 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004801 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4802 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4803 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4804 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004805 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004806 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004807
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004808 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4809 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4810 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4811 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4812 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4813 }
4814
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004815 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4816 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4817}
4818
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004819QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004820 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4821 return Context.DependentTy;
4822
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004823 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4824 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004826 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4827 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4828 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4829 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004830 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004831 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004832
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004833 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4834 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4835
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004836 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004837 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004838 return QualType();
4839}
4840
4841static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4842 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4843 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4844 switch (Kind) {
4845 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004846 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4847 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004848 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4849 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4850 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4851 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4852 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4853 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4854 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4855 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4856 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4857 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4858 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4859 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4860 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4861 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4862 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4863 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4864 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4865 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4866 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4867 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4868 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4869 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4870 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4871 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4872 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4873 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4874 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4875 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4876 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4877 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4878 }
4879 return Opc;
4880}
4881
4882static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4883 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4884 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4885 switch (Kind) {
4886 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4887 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4888 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4889 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4890 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4891 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4892 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4893 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4894 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004895 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4896 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4897 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4898 }
4899 return Opc;
4900}
4901
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004902/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4903/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4904/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004905Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4906 unsigned Op,
4907 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004908 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004909 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004910 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4911 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4912 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004913
4914 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004915 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4916 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4917 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004918 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4919 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4920 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4921 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4922 break;
4923 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004924 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4925 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4926 break;
4927 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4928 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4929 break;
4930 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4931 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4932 break;
4933 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4934 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4935 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004936 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004937 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4938 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4939 break;
4940 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4941 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4942 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4943 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004944 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004945 break;
4946 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4947 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004948 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004949 break;
4950 case BinaryOperator::And:
4951 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4952 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4953 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4954 break;
4955 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4956 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4957 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4958 break;
4959 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4960 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004961 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4962 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4963 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4964 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004965 break;
4966 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004967 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4968 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4969 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4970 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004971 break;
4972 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4974 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4975 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004976 break;
4977 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004978 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4979 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4980 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004981 break;
4982 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4983 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004984 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4985 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4986 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4987 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004988 break;
4989 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4990 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4991 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004992 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4993 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4994 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4995 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004996 break;
4997 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4998 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4999 break;
5000 }
5001 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005002 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005003 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005004 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5005 else
5006 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005007 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5008 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005009}
5010
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005011// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005012Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5013 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5014 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005015 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005016 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005017
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005018 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5019 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005020
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005021 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5022 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5023 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5024 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5025 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5026 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5027 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005028 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005029 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5030 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5031 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5032 Functions);
5033 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5034 DeclarationName OpName
5035 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5036 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005037 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005038
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005039 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5040 // binary operation.
5041 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005042 }
5043
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005044 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5045 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005046}
5047
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005048Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5049 unsigned OpcIn,
5050 ExprArg InputArg) {
5051 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005052
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005053 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005054 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005055 QualType resultType;
5056 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005057 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5058 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5059 break;
5060
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005061 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5062 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005063 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5064 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005065 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005066 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5067 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005068 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005069 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005070 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5071 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005072 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005073 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005074 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5075 break;
5076 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5077 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
5078 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5079 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005080 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5081 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005082 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5083 break;
5084 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5085 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5086 break;
5087 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5088 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5089 resultType->isPointerType())
5090 break;
5091
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005092 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5093 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005094 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
5095 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5096 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005097 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5098 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005099 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5100 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5101 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005102 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005103 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005104 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005105 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5106 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005107 break;
5108 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5109 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
5110 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5111 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005112 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5113 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005114 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005115 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5116 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005117 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005118 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5119 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005120 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005121 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005122 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005123 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005124 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005125 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005126 resultType = Input->getType();
5127 break;
5128 }
5129 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005130 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005131
5132 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005133 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005134}
5135
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005136// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5137Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5138 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5139 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5140 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5141
5142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5143 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5144 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5145 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5146 // the arguments.
5147 FunctionSet Functions;
5148 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5149 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5150 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5151 Functions);
5152 DeclarationName OpName
5153 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5154 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5155 }
5156
5157 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5158 }
5159
5160 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5161}
5162
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005163/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005164Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5165 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5166 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005167 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005168 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005169
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005170 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5171 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005172 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005173 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005174
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005175 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005176 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5177 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005178}
5179
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005180Sema::OwningExprResult
5181Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5182 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5183 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005184 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5185 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5186
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005187 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005188 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005189 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005190
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005191 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5192 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5193 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005194
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005195 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5196 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5197 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005199 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5200 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5201 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5202 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5203 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005204
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005205 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005206 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005207 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005208
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005209 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5210 // expressions are not lvalues.
5211
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005212 substmt.release();
5213 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005214}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005215
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005216Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5217 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5218 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5219 TypeTy *argty,
5220 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5221 unsigned NumComponents,
5222 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5223 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5224 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005225 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5226 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005227
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005228 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5229
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005230 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5231 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5232 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005233 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005234 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005235
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005236 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5237 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005238
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005239 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5240 // the offsetof designators.
5241 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5242 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005243 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005244 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005245
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005246 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5247 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005248 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5249 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005250 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005251 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5252 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005253
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005254 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005255 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005256
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005257 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5258 // leaks like a sieve.
5259 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5260 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5261 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5262 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5263 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5264 if (!AT) {
5265 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005266 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5267 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005268 }
5269
5270 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5271
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005272 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5273 // expression.
5274 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5275
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005276 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5277 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005278 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005279 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005280 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005281 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005282 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005283
5284 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5285 OC.LocEnd);
5286 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005287 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005288
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00005289 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005290 if (!RC) {
5291 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005292 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5293 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005294 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005295
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005296 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5297 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005298 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005299 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005300 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5301 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5302 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005303 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5304 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005305 }
5306
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005307 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5308 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5309 LookupMemberName)
5310 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005311 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005312 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005313 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5314 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005315
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005316 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5317 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005318 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005319 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5320 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005321 } else {
5322 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5323 // doesn't matter here.
5324 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5325 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5326 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005327 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005328 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005329
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005330 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5331 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005332}
5333
5334
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005335Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5336 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5337 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005338 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5339 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005340
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005341 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005343 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5344 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5345 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5346 return ExprError();
5347 }
5348
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005349 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5350 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005351}
5352
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005353Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5354 ExprArg cond,
5355 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5356 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5357 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5358 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5359 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005360
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005361 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5362
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005363 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005364 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005365 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5366 } else {
5367 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5368 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5369 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5370 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005371 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5372 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5373 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005374
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005375 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5376 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5377 }
5378
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005379 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5380 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5381 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005382}
5383
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005384//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5385// Clang Extensions.
5386//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5387
5388/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005389void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005390 // Analyze block parameters.
5391 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005392
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005393 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5394 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5395 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005396
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005397 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005398 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005399 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarc7ef2b92009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005400 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005401 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5402 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005403
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005404 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005405 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005406}
5407
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005408void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005409 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005410
5411 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5412 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005413 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005414 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5415
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005416 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5417 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5418 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5419 return;
5420 }
5421
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005422 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5423 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5424 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5425
5426 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5427 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005428 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005429 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005430 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005431 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005432 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5433 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005434 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5435
5436 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5437 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5438 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5439 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5440 return;
5441 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005442 return;
5443 }
5444
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005445 // Analyze arguments to block.
5446 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5447 "Not a function declarator!");
5448 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005449
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005450 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5451 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005452
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005453 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5454 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5455 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5456 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005457 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5458 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005459 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005460 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005461 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5462 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005463 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005464 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005465 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005466 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005467 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005468 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005469 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005470 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5471 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5472 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5473 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5474 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005475
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005476 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005477 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005478 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005479 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005480 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005481 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5482 }
5483
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005484 // Analyze the return type.
5485 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5486 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5487
5488 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5489 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5490 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5491 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5492 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005493 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005494}
5495
5496/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5497/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5498void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5499 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5500 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005501
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005502 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5503
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005504 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005505 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005506 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005507 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005508}
5509
5510/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5511/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005512Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5513 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005514 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5515 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5516 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5517
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005518 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5519 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005520
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005521 PopDeclContext();
5522
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005523 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5524 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005525
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005526 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005527 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5528 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005529
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005530 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5531 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5532 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005533
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005534 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005535 QualType BlockTy;
5536 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005537 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5538 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005539 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005540 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005541 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5542 NoReturn);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005543
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005544 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005545 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005546 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005547
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005548 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5549 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5550 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5551 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5552
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005553 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005554 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005555 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5556 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005557}
5558
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005559Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5560 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5561 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005562 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005563 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5564 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5565
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005566 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005567
5568 // Get the va_list type
5569 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005570 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5571 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5572 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5573 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005574 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005575 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5576 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5577 } else {
5578 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5579 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005580 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5581 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005582 return ExprError();
5583 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005584
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005585 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5586 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005587 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5588 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005589 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005590 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005591
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005592 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005593 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005594
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005595 expr.release();
5596 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5597 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005598}
5599
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005600Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005601 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5602 // pointers on the target.
5603 QualType Ty;
5604 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5605 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5606 else
5607 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5608
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005609 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005610}
5611
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005612bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5613 SourceLocation Loc,
5614 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5615 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5616 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5617 bool isInvalid = false;
5618 unsigned DiagKind;
5619 switch (ConvTy) {
5620 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5621 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005622 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005623 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5624 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005625 case IntToPointer:
5626 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5627 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005628 case IncompatiblePointer:
5629 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5630 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005631 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5632 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5633 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005634 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5635 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5636 break;
5637 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005638 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5639 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5640 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5641 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5642 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5643 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5644 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5645 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5646 // C++ semantics.
5647 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5648 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5649 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005650 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5651 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005652 case IntToBlockPointer:
5653 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5654 break;
5655 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005656 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005657 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005658 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005659 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005660 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5661 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5662 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005663 case IncompatibleVectors:
5664 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5665 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005666 case Incompatible:
5667 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5668 isInvalid = true;
5669 break;
5670 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005671
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005672 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5673 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005674 return isInvalid;
5675}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005676
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005677bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005678 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5679 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5680 if (Result)
5681 *Result = ICEResult;
5682 return false;
5683 }
5684
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005685 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5686
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005687 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005688 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5689 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5690
5691 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5692 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5693 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5694 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5695 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5696 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5697 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005698
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005699 return true;
5700 }
5701
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005702 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5703 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005704
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005705 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5706 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5707 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005708
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005709 if (Result)
5710 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5711 return false;
5712}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005713
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005714Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5715Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5716 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5717 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5718 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5719
5720 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5721 return NewContext;
5722}
5723
5724void
5725Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5726 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5727 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5728
5729 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5730 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5731 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5732 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5733 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5734 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5735 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5736
5737 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5738 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5739 I != IEnd; ++I)
5740 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5741 }
5742}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005743
5744/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5745///
5746/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5747/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5748/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5749/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5750///
5751/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5752///
5753/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5754void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5755 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5756
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005757 if (D->isUsed())
5758 return;
5759
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005760 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5761 // template or not.
5762 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5763 D->setUsed(true);
5764
5765 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5766 // an instantiation.
5767 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5768 return;
5769
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005770 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5771 case Unevaluated:
5772 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5773 return;
5774
5775 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5776 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5777 // "used"; handle this below.
5778 break;
5779
5780 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5781 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5782 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5783 // potentially evaluated.
5784 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5785 return;
5786 }
5787
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005788 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005789 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005790 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005791 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5792 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5793 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5794 }
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005795 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5796 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5797 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5798 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5799 }
Fariborz Jahanian368cc6c2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005800 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5801 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5802 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5803
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005804 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5805 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5806 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5807 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5808 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5809 }
5810 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005811 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005812 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5813 // class templates.
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005814 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005815 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5816 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5817 // instantiated, naturally).
5818 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5819 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordcdb3842009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005820 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005821 }
5822
5823
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005824 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005825 Function->setUsed(true);
5826 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005827 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005828
5829 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005830 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5831 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5832 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5833 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5834 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5835 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5836
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005837 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005838
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005839 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005840 return;
5841}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005842}
5843